blob: 2352e3862bfa81f4ad2bca262cc26529ac008fd7 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
204 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
205 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
206 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
207 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
208 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
209 /lib Architecture specific library files
210 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
211 /cpu CPU specific files
212 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
213 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
214 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
217 /cpu CPU specific files
218 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
219 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
220 /lib Architecture specific library files
221/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
222/board Board dependent files
223/common Misc architecture independent functions
224/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
225/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
226/drivers Commonly used device drivers
227/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
228/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
229/include Header Files
230/lib Files generic to all architectures
231 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
232 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
233 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
234/net Networking code
235/post Power On Self Test
236/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
237/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239Software Configuration:
240=======================
241
242Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
243rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
244
245There are two classes of configuration variables:
246
247* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
248 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
249 "CONFIG_".
250
251* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
252 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
253 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200254 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000255
256Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
257identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
258do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
259links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
260as an example here.
261
262
263Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
264---------------------------------------------------
265
266For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
267configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
268
269Example: For a TQM823L module type:
270
271 cd u-boot
272 make TQM823L_config
273
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200274For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000275e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
276directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
277
278
279Configuration Options:
280----------------------
281
282Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
283such information is kept in a configuration file
284"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
285
286Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
287"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
288
289
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000290Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
291kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
292build a config tool - later.
293
294
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000295The following options need to be configured:
296
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500297- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500299- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200300
301- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100302 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303
304- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
305 Define exactly one of
306 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
307--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
308 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
309 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
310
311- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
312 Define exactly one of
313 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
314
315- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
316 Define one or more of
317 CONFIG_CMA302
318
319- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
320 Define one or more of
321 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200322 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
324
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000325- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
326 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
327 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200328 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
330 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
331 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000332
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530333- Marvell Family Member
334 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
335 multiple fs option at one time
336 for marvell soc family
337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000339 Define exactly one of
340 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000341
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200342- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000343 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
344 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000345 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
346 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000347 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
348 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000349
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000350- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
352 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000353 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000354 See doc/README.MPC866
355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200356 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000357
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000358 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
359 of relying on the correctness of the configured
360 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
361 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
362 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200363 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000364
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100365 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
366
367 Define this option if you want to enable the
368 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
369
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600370- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
372
373 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
374 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
375 compliance, among other possible reasons.
376
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
378
379 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
380 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
381 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
382
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
384
385 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
386 tree nodes for the given platform.
387
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
389
390 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
391 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
392 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
393 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
394 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
395 purpose.
396
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
398
399 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
400 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
401 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
402
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
405
406 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
407 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
408
409 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
410 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
411 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
412 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
413
414 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
415 this erratum.
416
417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
418
419 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
420 according to the A004510 workaround.
421
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000422- Generic CPU options:
423 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
424
425 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
426 values is arch specific.
427
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100428- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100430
431 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
432 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
433 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200436
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100437 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
438 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200439 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200441
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200442- MIPS CPU options:
443 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
444
445 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
446 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
447 relocation.
448
449 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
450
451 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
452 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
453 Possible values are:
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
456 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
464
465 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
466 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
467
468 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
469
470 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
471 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
472 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
473
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000474- ARM options:
475 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
476
477 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
478 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
479
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000480 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
481
482 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
483 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
484 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
485 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
486 GCC.
487
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000488- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000489 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
490
491 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
492 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
493 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
494 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
495 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
496 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
497 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000498 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100499 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000500 default environment.
501
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000502 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
503
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200504 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000505 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
506 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
507
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400508 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200509
510 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400511 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
512 concepts).
513
514 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
515 * New libfdt-based support
516 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500517 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400518
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200519 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
520 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
521 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
522 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200523 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600524 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200525
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200526 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
527 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500528
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600529 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
530
531 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
532 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000533
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500534 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
535
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200536 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500537 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
538
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200539 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
540
541 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
542 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
543 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
544 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
545 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
546 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
547
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000548 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
549
550 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
551 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
552 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
553 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
554 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
555 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
556 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
557
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100558- vxWorks boot parameters:
559
560 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
561 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
562 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
563
564 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
565 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
566 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
567 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
570
571 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
572
573 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
574 the defaults discussed just above.
575
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000576- Cache Configuration:
577 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
578 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
579 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
580
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000581- Cache Configuration for ARM:
582 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
583 controller
584 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
585 controller register space
586
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000587- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200588 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000589
590 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
591
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200592 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000593
594 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
595
596 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
597
598 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
599 the clock speed of the UARTs.
600
601 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
602
603 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
604 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
605 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
606
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000607 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
608
609 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
610 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
611 this variable to initialize the extra register.
612
613 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
614
615 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
616 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
617 variable to flush the UART at init time.
618
Javier Martinez Canillas7de0fe12013-01-07 01:35:20 +0000619 CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_BROKEN_TEMT
620
621 16550 UART set the Transmitter Empty (TEMT) Bit when all output
622 has finished and the transmitter is totally empty. U-Boot waits
623 for this bit to be set to initialize the serial console. On some
624 broken platforms this bit is not set in SPL making U-Boot to
625 hang while waiting for TEMT. Define this option to avoid it.
626
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000627
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000628- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000629 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
630 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
631 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
632 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633
634 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
635 port routines must be defined elsewhere
636 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
637
638 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
639 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000640 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000641 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
642 (default big endian)
643 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
644 rectangle fill
645 (cf. smiLynxEM)
646 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
647 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
648 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
649 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000650 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
651 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000652 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
653 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000654 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000655 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
656 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
657 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
658 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
659 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
660 (i.e. i8042_getc)
661 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
662 (requires blink timer
663 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200664 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000665 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
666 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500667 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000668 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
669 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000670 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
671 linux_logo.h for logo.
672 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000673 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200674 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675 the logo
676
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000677 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
678 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
679 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
680
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000681 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
682 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
683 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000685 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
686 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
687 the "silent" environment variable. See
688 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690- Console Baudrate:
691 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
692 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200693 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
694 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100696- Console Rx buffer length
697 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
698 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100699 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100700 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
701 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
702 the SMC.
703
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000704- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200705 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
706 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
707 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
708 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
709 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
710 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
711 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200712 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200713 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000714
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200715 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
716 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000717
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000718- Safe printf() functions
719 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
720 the printf() functions. These are defined in
721 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
722 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
723 If this option is not given then these functions will
724 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
725 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
726
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000727- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
728 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
729 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000730 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
731 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000732
733 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
734 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
735 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
736 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
737 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
738 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
739 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
740 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
741 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
742 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
743 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
744 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
745
746- Autoboot Command:
747 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
748 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
749 define a command string that is automatically executed
750 when no character is read on the console interface
751 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
752
753 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000754 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
755 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
756 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757
758 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000759 The value of these goes into the environment as
760 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
761 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200762 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000763
764- Pre-Boot Commands:
765 CONFIG_PREBOOT
766
767 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
768 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
769 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
770 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
771 entering interactive mode.
772
773 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
774 automatically generated or modified. For an example
775 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
776 modified when the user holds down a certain
777 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
778 booting the systems
779
780- Serial Download Echo Mode:
781 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
782 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
783 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
784 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
785 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
786 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
787 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
788
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000790 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
791 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200792 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000793
794- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500795 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
796 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000797 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
798 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500799 and augmenting with additional #define's
800 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000801
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500802 The default command configuration includes all commands
803 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000804
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500806 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
807 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
808 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
809 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
810 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
811 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
812 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500813 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500814 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
815 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
816 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600817 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
818 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
819 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
820 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500821 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
822 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500823 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
825 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600826 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600827 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000829 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
830 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000833 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
835 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
836 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000837 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500838 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000839 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000840 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
842 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
843 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
844 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
845 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
846 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500847 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000848 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500849 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
850 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
851 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
852 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500853 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000854 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
855 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500856 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
857 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400858 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
859 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500861 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
862 loop, loopw, mtest
863 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
864 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
865 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100866 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
868 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600869 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
872 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
873 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
874 host
875 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000876 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500877 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
878 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
879 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
880 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
881 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
882 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
883 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
884 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700885 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100886 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400887 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200888 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500889 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000890 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000891 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000892 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
893 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500894 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500895 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000896 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898
899 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
900 support you can write:
901
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500902 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
903 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000904
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400905 Other Commands:
906 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000907
908 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500909 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000910 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
911 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
912 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
913 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
914 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
915 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000916
917
918 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
919
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000920- Device tree:
921 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
922 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
923 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
924 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
925 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
926 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
927
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000928 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
929 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000930
931 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
932 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
933 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
934 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
935 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
936 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000937
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000938 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
939 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
940 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
941 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
942
943 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
944
945 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
946 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
947 still use the individual files if you need something more
948 exotic.
949
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000950- Watchdog:
951 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
952 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000953 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
954 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
955 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
956 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
957 available, then no further board specific code should
958 be needed to use it.
959
960 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
961 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
962 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
963 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000964
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000965- U-Boot Version:
966 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
967 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
968 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
969 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200970 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
971 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000972
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000973- Real-Time Clock:
974
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500975 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000976 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
977 following options:
978
979 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
980 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000981 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000982 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000983 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000984 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000985 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000986 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100987 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000988 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200989 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200990 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
991 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000992
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000993 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
994 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
995
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600996- GPIO Support:
997 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
998 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
999
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001000 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1001 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1002 pins supported by a particular chip.
1003
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001004 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1005 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1006
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001007- Timestamp Support:
1008
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001009 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1010 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1011 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001012 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001014- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1015 Zero or more of the following:
1016 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1017 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1018 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1019 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1020 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1021 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1022 disk/part_efi.c
1023 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001025 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1026 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001027 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028
1029- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001030 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1031 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001032
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001033 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1034 be performed by calling the function
1035 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1036 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001037
1038- ATAPI Support:
1039 CONFIG_ATAPI
1040
1041 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1042
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001043- LBA48 Support
1044 CONFIG_LBA48
1045
1046 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001047 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001048 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1049 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1050
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001051 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001052 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1053 Default is 32bit.
1054
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001055- SCSI Support:
1056 At the moment only there is only support for the
1057 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1058 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1059
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001060 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1061 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1062 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001063 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1064 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001065 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001067 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1068 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1069
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001070- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001071 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001072 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1073
1074 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1075 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1076 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1077 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1078
1079 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1080 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1081 example with the "sspi" command.
1082
1083 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1084 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1085 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001086
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001087 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001088 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001089
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001090 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1091 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001092 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001093 write routine for first time initialisation.
1094
1095 CONFIG_TULIP
1096 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1097 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1098 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1099
1100 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1101 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1102
1103 CONFIG_NS8382X
1104 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1105
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001106- NETWORK Support (other):
1107
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001108 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1109 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1110
1111 CONFIG_RMII
1112 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1113
1114 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1115 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1116 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1117
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001118 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1119 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1120
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001121 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001122 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1123
1124 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1125 Define this to hold the physical address
1126 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1127
1128 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1129 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1130
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001131 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001132 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1133
1134 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1135 Define this to hold the physical address
1136 of the device (I/O space)
1137
1138 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1139 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1140
1141 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1142 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1143 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1144
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001145 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1146 Support for davinci emac
1147
1148 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1149 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1150
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001151 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1152 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1153
1154 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1155 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1156 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1157 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1158 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1159 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1160 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1161 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1162
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001163 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001164 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1165
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001166 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001167 Define this to hold the physical address
1168 of the device (I/O space)
1169
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001170 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001171 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1172
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001173 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001174 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1175 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001176 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001177
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001178 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1179 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1180
1181 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1182 Define the number of ports to be used
1183
1184 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1185 Define the ETH PHY's address
1186
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001187 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1188 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1189
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001190- TPM Support:
1191 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1192 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1193 per system is supported at this time.
1194
1195 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1196 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1197 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1198 0xfed40000.
1199
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001200- USB Support:
1201 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001202 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1204 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001205 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001206 storage devices.
1207 Note:
1208 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1209 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001210 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1211 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1212 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001213 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1214 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001215 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1216 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1217 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001218 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1219 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001220 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001221 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1222 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001223
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001224 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1225 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1226
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001227- USB Device:
1228 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1229 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1230 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001231 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001232 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1233 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001234 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001235 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1236 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1237 a Linux host by
1238 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1239 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1240 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1241 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001242
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001243 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1244 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001245
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001246 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1247 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1248 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001249
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301250 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1251 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1252 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1253 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1254 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1255 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1256 speed.
1257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001258 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001259 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1260 be set to usbtty.
1261
1262 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001263 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001264 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001265 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001266
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001267 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001268 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001269 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001270
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001271 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001272 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001273 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001274 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1275 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1276 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1277
1278 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1279 Define this string as the name of your company for
1280 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001281
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001282 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1283 Define this string as the name of your product
1284 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1285
1286 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1287 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1288 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1289 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1290 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001291
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001292 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1293 Define this as the unique Product ID
1294 for your device
1295 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001296
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001297- ULPI Layer Support:
1298 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1299 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1300 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1301 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1302 viewport is supported.
1303 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1304 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001305 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1306 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1307 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001308
1309- MMC Support:
1310 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1311 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1312 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1313 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001314 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1315 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001316
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001317 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1318 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1319
1320 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1321 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1322
1323 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1324 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1325
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001326- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1327 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1328 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1329 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001331 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1332 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001333 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001335 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001336 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1337 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1338
1339 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001340 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001341 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1342 have not defined a custom partition
1343
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001344- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1345 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001346
1347 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1348 file in FAT formatted partition.
1349
1350 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1351 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001352
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001353CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1354 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1355
1356 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1357 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1358 and cbfsload.
1359
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001360- Keyboard Support:
1361 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1362
1363 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1364 support
1365
1366 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1367 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1368 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1369 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1370 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1371
1372- Video support:
1373 CONFIG_VIDEO
1374
1375 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1376 video).
1377
1378 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1379
1380 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1381
1382 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001383 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001384 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1385 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1386 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001387
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001388 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001389 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001390 are possible:
1391 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001392 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001393
1394 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1395 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1396 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1397 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1398 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1399 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1400 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001401 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1402
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001403 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001404 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001405
1406
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001407 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001408 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001409 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1410 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1411
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001412 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001413 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001414 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1415 support, and should also define these other macros:
1416
1417 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1418 CONFIG_VIDEO
1419 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1420 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1421 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1422 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1423 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1424 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1425
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001426 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1427 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1428 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1429 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001430
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001431 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1432
1433 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1434 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1435 driver.
1436
1437
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001438- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001439 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001440
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001441 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1442 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1443 defined in your board-specific files.
1444 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001445
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001446- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1447
1448 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1449 display); also select one of the supported displays
1450 by defining one of these:
1451
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001452 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1453
1454 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1455
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001456 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001457
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001458 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001459
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001460 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001461
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001462 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1463 Active, color, single scan.
1464
1465 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1466
1467 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001468 Active, color, single scan.
1469
1470 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1471
1472 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1473 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1474
1475 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1476
1477 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1478 Active, color, single scan.
1479
1480 CONFIG_HLD1045
1481
1482 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1483 Active, color, single scan.
1484
1485 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1486
1487 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1488 or
1489 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1490 or
1491 Hitachi SP14Q002
1492
1493 320x240. Black & white.
1494
1495 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001496 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001497
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001498 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1499
1500 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1501 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1502 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1503 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1504 a per-section basis.
1505
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001506 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1507
1508 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1509 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1510 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1511 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001512
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001513 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1514
1515 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1516
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001517 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1518
1519 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1520 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1521
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001522- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001523
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001524 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1525 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1526 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001527 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001528 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1529 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1530 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1531 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001532
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001533 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1534
1535 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1536 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1537 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1538 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1539 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1540 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1541
1542 Example:
1543 setenv splashpos m,m
1544 => image at center of screen
1545
1546 setenv splashpos 30,20
1547 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1548
1549 setenv splashpos -10,m
1550 => vertically centered image
1551 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1552
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001553- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1554
1555 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1556 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1557 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1558
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001559- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1560
1561 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1562 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1563 bmp command.
1564
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001565- Do compresssing for memory range:
1566 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1567
1568 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1569 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1570
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001571- Compression support:
1572 CONFIG_BZIP2
1573
1574 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1575 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1576 compressed images are supported.
1577
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001578 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001579 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001580 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001581
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001582 CONFIG_LZMA
1583
1584 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1585 images is included.
1586
1587 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1588 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1589 formula:
1590
1591 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1592
1593 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1594 and Literal pos bits.
1595
1596 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1597 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1598 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1599 a very small buffer.
1600
1601 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1602 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001603 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001604
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001605- MII/PHY support:
1606 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1607
1608 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1609
1610 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1611
1612 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1613
1614 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1615
1616 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001617 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001618
1619 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1620
1621 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1622 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1623 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1624 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1625
1626 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1627
1628 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1629 command issued before MII status register can be read
1630
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001631- Ethernet address:
1632 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001633 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001634 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1635 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001636 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1637 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001638
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001639 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1640 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001641 is not determined automatically.
1642
1643- IP address:
1644 CONFIG_IPADDR
1645
1646 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001647 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001648 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001649 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001650
1651- Server IP address:
1652 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1653
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001654 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001655 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001656 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001657
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001658 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1659
1660 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1661 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1662
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001663- Gateway IP address:
1664 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1665
1666 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1667 default router where packets to other networks are
1668 sent to.
1669 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1670
1671- Subnet mask:
1672 CONFIG_NETMASK
1673
1674 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1675 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1676 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1677 forwarded through a router.
1678 (Environment variable "netmask")
1679
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001680- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1681 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1682
1683 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1684 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001685 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001686 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1687 multicast group.
1688
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001689- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1690 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1691
1692 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1693 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1694 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1695 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1696 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1697 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1698 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1699 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001700 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001701
1702 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1703 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1704 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1705 4th and following
1706 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1707
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001708- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001709 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1710 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001711
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001712 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1713 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1714 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1715 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1716 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1717 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1718 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1719 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1720 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1721 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1722 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1723 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001724 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001725
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001726 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1727 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001728
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001729 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1730 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1731 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1732 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1733 is not available.
1734
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001735 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1736 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1737 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1738 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1739 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1740 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1741 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001742 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001743
1744 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1745 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1746 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001747 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001748 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1749 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001750
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001751 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1752
1753 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1754 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1755 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1756 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1757 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1758 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1759 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1760 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1761 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1762 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1763 this delay.
1764
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001765 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1766 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1767 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1768 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1769 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1770
1771 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1772
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001773 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001774 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001775
1776 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1777
1778 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1779
1780 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1781 of the device.
1782
1783 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1784
1785 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1786 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001787 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001788
1789 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1790
1791 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1792 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1793
1794 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1795
1796 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1797
1798 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1799
1800 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1801
1802 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1803
1804 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1805
1806 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1807
1808 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1809 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1810
1811 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1812
1813 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1814
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001815- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1816
1817 Several configurations allow to display the current
1818 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1819 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1820 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1821 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1822 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1823 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1824 feature in U-Boot.
1825
1826- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1827
1828 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1829 on those systems that support this (optional)
1830 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1831
1832- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1833
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001834 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001835 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001836 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001837
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001838 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001839 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001840 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1841 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001842 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001843
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001844 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001845
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001846 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001847 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1848 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001849
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001850 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001851 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001853 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001854 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001855 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001856 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001857
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001858 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001859 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001860 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1861 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1862 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001863
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001864 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1865
1866 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1867 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1868 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1869 commands until the slave device responds.
1870
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001871 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001872
1873 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1874 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1875 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001876
1877 I2C_INIT
1878
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001879 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001880 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001881
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001882 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001883
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001884 I2C_PORT
1885
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001886 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1887 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1888 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001889
1890 I2C_ACTIVE
1891
1892 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1893 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1894 define can be null.
1895
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001896 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1897
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001898 I2C_TRISTATE
1899
1900 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1901 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1902 define can be null.
1903
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001904 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1905
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001906 I2C_READ
1907
1908 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1909 FALSE if it is low.
1910
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001911 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1912
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001913 I2C_SDA(bit)
1914
1915 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1916 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1917
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001918 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001919 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001920 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001921
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001922 I2C_SCL(bit)
1923
1924 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1925 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1926
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001927 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001928 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001929 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001930
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001931 I2C_DELAY
1932
1933 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1934 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001935 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001936 like:
1937
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001938 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001939
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001940 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1941
1942 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1943 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1944 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1945 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1946
1947 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1948 the generic GPIO functions.
1949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001950 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001951
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001952 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1953 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1954 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1955 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1956 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1957 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1958 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1959 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001960
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001961 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1962
1963 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1964 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1965 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1966 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1967 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1968 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1969 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1970 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1971
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001972 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1973
1974 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1975 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1976 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1977
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001978 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1979
1980 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001981 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1982 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001983 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001985 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001986
1987 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001988 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001989 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1990 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001991
1992 e.g.
1993 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001994 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001995
1996 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1997
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001998 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001999 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002000
2001 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002003 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002004
2005 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2006 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002008 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002009
2010 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2011 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002013 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002014
2015 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2016 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002018 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002019
2020 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2021 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2022 specified DTT device.
2023
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002024 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2025
2026 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002027 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002028
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002029 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2030
2031 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2032 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2033 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2034 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2035 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2036 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2037
2038 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2039 feature!
2040
2041 Example:
2042 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2043 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2044 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2045
2046 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2047
2048 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2049 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2050
2051 => i2c bus
2052 Busses reached over muxes:
2053 Bus ID: 2
2054 reached over Mux(es):
2055 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2056 Bus ID: 3
2057 reached over Mux(es):
2058 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2059 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2060 =>
2061
2062 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002063 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2064 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002065 the channel 4.
2066
2067 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002068 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002069 the 2 muxes.
2070
2071 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2072 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2073 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2074 to add this option to other architectures.
2075
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002076 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2077
2078 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2079 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2080 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2081 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2082 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2083 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2084 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002085
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002086- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2087
2088 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2089 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2090 D/As on the SACSng board)
2091
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002092 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2093
2094 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2095 only SH7757 is supported.
2096
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002097 CONFIG_SPI_X
2098
2099 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2100 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2101
2102 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2103
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002104 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2105 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2106 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2107 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2108 defined, the board configuration must define several
2109 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2110 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002112 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2113
2114 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2115 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2116 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002117 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002118 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2119
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002120 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2121
2122 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002123 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002124
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002125- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2126
2127 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2128
2129 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2130
2131 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2132 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2133
2134 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2135
2136 Enables support for FPGA family.
2137 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2138
2139 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002140
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002141 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002142
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002143 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002144
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002145 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002147 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002148
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002149 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2150 status by the configuration function. This option
2151 will require a board or device specific function to
2152 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002153
2154 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2155
2156 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2157 configuration driver.
2158
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002159 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002160 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2161
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002162 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002163
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002164 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2165 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2166 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2167 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002169 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002170
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002171 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2172 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2173 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002174 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002175
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002176 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002177
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002178 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002179 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002180
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002181 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002182
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002183 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002184 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002185
2186- Configuration Management:
2187 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2188
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002189 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2190 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002191
2192- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2193
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002194 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2195 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002196 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002197 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2198 protects these variables from casual modification by
2199 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2200 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002201 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202
2203 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2204 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002205 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002206 these parameters.
2207
2208 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2209 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002210 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002211 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2212 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2213 read-only.]
2214
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002215 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2216 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2217 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2218 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2219
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002220- Protected RAM:
2221 CONFIG_PRAM
2222
2223 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2224 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2225 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2226 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2227 this default value by defining an environment
2228 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2229 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2230 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2231 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2232 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2233 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2234 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2235
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002236 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002237 saveenv
2238
2239 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2240 either, which results in a memory region that will
2241 not be affected by reboots.
2242
2243 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2244 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2245 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2246 following board configurations are known to be
2247 "pRAM-clean":
2248
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002249 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2250 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002251 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002252
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002253- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2254 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2255 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2256 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2257 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2258 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2259 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261- Error Recovery:
2262 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2263
2264 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2265 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2266 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002267 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002268 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2269 useful during development since you can try to debug
2270 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2271
2272 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2273
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002274 This variable defines the number of retries for
2275 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2276 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2277 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002278
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002279 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2280
2281 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2282
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002283 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2284
2285 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2286 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2287 try longer timeout such as
2288 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002290- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002291 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002292
2293 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2294
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002295 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2296 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002297
2298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002299 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002300
2301 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2302 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2303 powerful command line syntax like
2304 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2305 constructs ("shell scripts").
2306
2307 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2308 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2309
2310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002311 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002312
2313 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2314 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2315 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2316
2317 Note:
2318
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002319 In the current implementation, the local variables
2320 space and global environment variables space are
2321 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2322 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2323 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2324 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2325 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002326
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002327 Global environment variables are those you use
2328 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2329 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2330 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002331
2332 To store commands and special characters in a
2333 variable, please use double quotation marks
2334 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2335 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2336 symbols.
2337
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002338- Commandline Editing and History:
2339 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002341 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002342 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002343
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002344- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002345 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2346
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002347 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2348 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002349 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002350
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002351 For example, place something like this in your
2352 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353
2354 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2355 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2356 "myvar2=value2\0"
2357
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002358 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2359 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2360 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2361 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002362 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002363 You better know what you are doing here.
2364
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002365 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2366 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002367 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002368 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002369
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002370 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2371
2372 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2373 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2374 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2375
2376 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2377
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2380 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2381 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2382 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2383
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002384 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2385
2386 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2387 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2388 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2389
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002390 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2391
2392 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2393 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2394 that so that the environment is not available until
2395 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2396 this is instead controlled by the value of
2397 /config/load-environment.
2398
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002399- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002400 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2401
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002402 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2403 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2404 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002405
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002406- Serial Flash support
2407 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2408
2409 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2410 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2411
2412 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2413 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2414 commands.
2415
2416 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2417 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2418 flash is present on the system.
2419
2420 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2421 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2422 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2423 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2424
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002425 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2426
2427 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2428 test ('sf test').
2429
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002430- SystemACE Support:
2431 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2432
2433 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2434 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002435 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002436 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002437
2438 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002439 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002440
2441 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2442 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2443
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002444- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2445 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2446
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002447 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002448 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002449 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002450 number generator is used.
2451
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002452 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2453 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2454 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2455
2456 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002457 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2458 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2459 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2460 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2461 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2462 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2463
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002464- Hashing support:
2465 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2466
2467 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2468 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2469
2470 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2471
2472 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2473 size a little.
2474
2475 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2476 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2477
2478 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2479 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2480
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002481- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002482 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2483
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002484 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2485 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2486 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2487 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2488 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2489 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002490
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002491- Detailed boot stage timing
2492 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2493 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2494 of the boot process.
2495
2496 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2497 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2498 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2499 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2500 the limit, recording will stop.
2501
2502 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2503 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2504
2505 Timer summary in microseconds:
2506 Mark Elapsed Stage
2507 0 0 reset
2508 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2509 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2510 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2511 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2512 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2513 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2514 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2515
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002516 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2517 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2518 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2519
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002520 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2521 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2522 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2523 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2524 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2525 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2526 For example:
2527
2528 bootstage {
2529 154 {
2530 name = "board_init_f";
2531 mark = <3575678>;
2532 };
2533 170 {
2534 name = "lcd";
2535 accum = <33482>;
2536 };
2537 };
2538
2539 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2540
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002541Legacy uImage format:
2542
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543 Arg Where When
2544 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002545 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002546 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002547 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002548 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002549 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2551 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2552 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002553 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002554 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2555 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2556 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2557 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002558 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002559 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002560
2561 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2562 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2563 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2564 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2565 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2566 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2567 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002568 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002569 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2570 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2571
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002572 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002574 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002575 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2576 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002577
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002578 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2579 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2580 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2581 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2582 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2583 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2584 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2585 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2586 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2587 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2588 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2589 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2590 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2591 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2592 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2593 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2594 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2595 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2596 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2597 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2598 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2599 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2600 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2601 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2602 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2603 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2604 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2605 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2606 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2607 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2608 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2609 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2610 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2611 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2612 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2613 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2614 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2615 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2616 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2617 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2618 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2619 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2620 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2621 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2622 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2623 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2624 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002626 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002627
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002628 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002629 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2630 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002631
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002632 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2633 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002634 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002635 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2636 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2637 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002638 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2639 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002640 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002641
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002642FIT uImage format:
2643
2644 Arg Where When
2645 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2646 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2647 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2648 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2649 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2650 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002651 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002652 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2653 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2654 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2655 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2656 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002657 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2658 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002659 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2660 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2661 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2662 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2663 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2664 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2665 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2666 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2667
2668 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2669 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2670 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002671 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002672 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2673 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2674 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2675 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2676 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2677 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2678 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2679 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2680 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2681 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2682 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2683 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2684
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002685 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002686 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2687
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002688 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002689 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2690
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002691 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002692 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2693
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002694- FIT image support:
2695 CONFIG_FIT
2696 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2697
2698 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2699 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2700 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2701 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2702 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2703 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2704
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002705- Standalone program support:
2706 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2707
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002708 This option defines a board specific value for the
2709 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2710 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002711 settings.
2712
2713- Frame Buffer Address:
2714 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2715
2716 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002717 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2718 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2719 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2720 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2721 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2722 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2723 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002724
2725 Please see board_init_f function.
2726
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002727- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2728 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2729 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2730 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2731
2732 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2733 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2734
2735- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2736 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2737
2738 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2739 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2740
2741 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2742
2743 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2744 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2745
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002746- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002747 CONFIG_SPL
2748 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002749
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002750 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2751 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2752
2753 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2754 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2755
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002756 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2757 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002758
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002759 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2760 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2761 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2762
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002763 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2764 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2765
2766 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2767 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2768
2769 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2770 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2771
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002772 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2773 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2774 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2775 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2776
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002777 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2778 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2779
2780 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2781 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002782
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002783 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2784 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2785 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2786 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2787
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002788 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2789 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2790 about the running system.
2791
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002792 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2793 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2794
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002795 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2796 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002797
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002798 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2799 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002800
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002801 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2802 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002803
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002804 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2805 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002806
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002807 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2808 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002809
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002810 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2811 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2812 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2813 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2814 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2815
2816 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2817 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2818
2819 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2820 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2821
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002822 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2823 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2824 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2825 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2826 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2827
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002828 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2829 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2830 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2831
2832 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2833 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2834
2835 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2836 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2837
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002838 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002839 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2840 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002841
2842 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2843 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2844 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2845 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2846 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2847 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002848 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002849
2850 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002851 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2852
2853 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2854 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2855
2856 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2857 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002858
2859 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002860 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002861
2862 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2863 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2864 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2865
2866 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2867 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2868 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2869
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002870 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2871 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002872
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002873 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2874 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002875
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002876 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2877 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002878
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002879 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2880 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2881
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002882 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2883 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002884
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002885 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
2886 Linker address to which the SPL should be padded before
2887 appending the SPL payload.
2888
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002889 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2890 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2891 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2892 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2893
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894Modem Support:
2895--------------
2896
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002897[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002898
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002899- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002900 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2901
2902- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2903 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2904
2905- Modem debug support:
2906 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2907
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002908 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2909 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002910
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002911- Interrupt support (PPC):
2912
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002913 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2914 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002915 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002916 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002917 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002918 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002919 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002920 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2921 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2922 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002923
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002924- General:
2925
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002926 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2927 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2928 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002929 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002930 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2931 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2932 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002933
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002934 If there are no modem init strings in the
2935 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2936 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002937 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002938
2939 See also: doc/README.Modem
2940
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002941Board initialization settings:
2942------------------------------
2943
2944During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2945to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2946before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2947following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2948architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2949typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2950
2951- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2952- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2953- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2954- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002955
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002956Configuration Settings:
2957-----------------------
2958
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002959- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2961
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002962- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2963 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002965- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002966 prompt for user input.
2967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002968- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002970- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002972- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002973
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002974- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002975 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2976 booted
2977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002978- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002979 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2980
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002981- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002982 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002984- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002985 If the board specific function
2986 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2987 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002988 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002990- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002991 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002993- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002994 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002996- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002997 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2998 simple memory test.
2999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003000- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003001 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003003- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003004 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3005 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3006
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003007- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3008 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003009 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003010 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003011 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3012 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3013 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003014 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003015 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003016 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003017
3018 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3019 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3020 be touched.
3021
3022 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3023 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3024 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3025 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3026 problems.
3027
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003028- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003029 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003031- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3033
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003034- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003035 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3036 Cogent motherboard)
3037
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003038- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003039 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003041- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003042 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3043 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003044 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003045 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003046
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003047- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003048 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3049 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3050 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3051 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003053- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003054 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3055
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003056- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003057 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3058 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003059 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003060 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3061
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003062- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003063 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3064 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003065 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3066 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3067 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3068 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003069 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003070 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3071 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3072 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003073
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003074- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3075 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3076 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3077 is enabled.
3078
3079- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3080 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3081 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3082
3083- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3084 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3085 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3086
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003087- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003088 Max number of Flash memory banks
3089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003090- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3092
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003093- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003094 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003096- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003097 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3098
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003099- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003100 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003102- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003103 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003105- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003106 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3107 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3108
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003109- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003110
3111 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3112 without this option such a download has to be
3113 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3114 copy from RAM to flash.
3115
3116 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3117 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003118 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3119 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003120 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3121
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003122- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003123 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003124 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3125
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003126- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003127 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3128 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003129
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003130- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3131 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3132 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3133 to the MTD layer.
3134
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003135- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003136 Use buffered writes to flash.
3137
3138- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3139 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3140 write commands.
3141
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003142- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003143 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3144 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3145 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3146 optionally available.
3147
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003148- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3149 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3150 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3151 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3152
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003153- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003154 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3155 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003156 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3157 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003158 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003159 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3160
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003161- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3162
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003163 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3164 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3165 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3166 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3167 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003168
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003169- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3170- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3171 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3172 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3173 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3174 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3175
3176 The format of the list is:
3177 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003178 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3179 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003180 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3181 list = entry[,list]
3182
3183 The type attributes are:
3184 s - String (default)
3185 d - Decimal
3186 x - Hexadecimal
3187 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3188 i - IP address
3189 m - MAC address
3190
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003191 The access attributes are:
3192 a - Any (default)
3193 r - Read-only
3194 o - Write-once
3195 c - Change-default
3196
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003197 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3198 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3199 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3200
3201 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3202 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3203 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3204 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3205 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3206 ".flags" variable.
3207
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003208- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3209 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3210 access flags.
3211
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003212The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3213of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3214following configurations:
3215
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003216- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3217
3218 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3219 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003221- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003222
3223 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3224
3225 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3226 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3227 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3228 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3229 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3230 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3231 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3232 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3233 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3234 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3235 between U-Boot and the environment.
3236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003237 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003238
3239 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3240 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3241 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3242 for this sector is given here.
3243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003244 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003245
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003246 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003247
3248 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3249 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003250 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003251
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003252 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003253
3254 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3255
3256
3257 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3258 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3259 the environment.
3260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003261 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003262
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003263 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003264 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003265 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3266 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3267
3268 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3269 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3270 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3271 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3272 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3273 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3274 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3275 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3276 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003278 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3279 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003281 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003282 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003283 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003284 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003285
3286BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3287source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3288accordingly!
3289
3290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003291- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003292
3293 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3294 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3295 environment.
3296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003297 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3298 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003299
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003300 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003301 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3302 can just be read and written to, without any special
3303 provision.
3304
3305BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3306in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003307console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003308U-Boot will hang.
3309
3310Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3311environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3312keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3313to save the current settings.
3314
3315
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003316- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003317
3318 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3319 device and a driver for it.
3320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003321 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3322 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003323
3324 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3325 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003327 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3329 The default address is zero.
3330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003331 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003332 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3333 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3334 would require six bits.
3335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003336 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003337 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003338 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003340 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003341 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3342 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3343
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003344 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003345 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3346 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3347 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3348 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3349 byte chips.
3350
3351 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3352 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3353 in the chip address.
3354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003355 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003356 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3357
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003358 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3359 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3360 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3361
3362 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3363 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3364 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3365 EEPROM. For example:
3366
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003367 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003368
3369 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3370 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003372- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003373
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003374 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003375 want to use for the environment.
3376
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003377 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3378 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3379 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003380
3381 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3382 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3383 at the specified address.
3384
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003385- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3386
3387 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3388 want to use for the local device's environment.
3389
3390 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3391 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3392
3393 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3394 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3395 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003396 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003397
3398BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3399"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003400environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3401but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003403- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003404
3405 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3406 for the environment.
3407
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003408 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3409 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003410
3411 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003412 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3413 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003414
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003415 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003416
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003417 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003418 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3419 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003420 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003421 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003422
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003423 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3424
3425 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3426 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3427 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3428 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3429 the range to be avoided.
3430
3431 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3432
3433 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3434 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3435 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3436 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3437 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003438
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003439- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3440
3441 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3442 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3443 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003445- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003446
3447 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3448 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3449 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3450 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3451 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3452 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3453 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3454
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003455Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003456has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003457created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003458until then to read environment variables.
3459
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003460The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3461is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3462with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3463necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3464"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3465have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003466
3467Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3468the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003469use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003470
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003471- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003472 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003474 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003475 also needs to be defined.
3476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003477- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003478 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003479
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003480- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3481 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3482 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3483 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3484 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3485 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3486
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003487- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3488 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3489 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3490 to do this.
3491
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003492- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3493 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3494 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3495 present.
3496
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003497Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003498---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003500- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003501 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003503- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003504 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003505
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003506 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3507 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3508 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003509
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003510- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3511 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3512 PowerPC SOCs.
3513
3514- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3515 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3516 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3517
3518 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3519 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3520
3521- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3522 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3523 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003524 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003525 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3526 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3527 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3528
3529 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3530 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3531
3532- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003533 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3534 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003535 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3536 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3537
3538- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3539 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3540 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3541 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3542
3543- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3544 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3545 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3546
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003547- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003548 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003549
3550 the default drive number (default value 0)
3551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003552 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003553
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003554 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003555 (default value 1)
3556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003558
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003559 defines the offset of register from address. It
3560 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003561 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003563 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3564 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003565 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003567 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003568 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3569 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3570 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3571 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003572
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003573- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3574 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3575 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3576 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3577 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3578 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3579 is requierd.
3580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003581- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003582 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003583 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003585- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003586
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003587 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3589 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3590 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3591 will become available only after programming the
3592 memory controller and running certain initialization
3593 sequences.
3594
3595 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3596 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3597 - MPC824X: data cache
3598 - PPC4xx: data cache
3599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003600- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003601
3602 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003603 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3604 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003605 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003606 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003607 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3608 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3609 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610
3611 Note:
3612 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3613 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003614 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3616 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003618- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003620- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003622- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003624- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003626- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003628- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003630- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003631 SDRAM timing
3632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003633- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003634 periodic timer for refresh
3635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003636- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003638- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3639 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3640 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3641 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003642 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3643
3644- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003645 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3646 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3648
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003649- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3650 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3652 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003654- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3656 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003658- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003659 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3660 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003662- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003663 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3664 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003666- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3668 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3669 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003671- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003672 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3673 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3674 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3675 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003677- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3678 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3679 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3680 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3681 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3682 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3683 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3684 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003685 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003686
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003687- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3688 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3689 required.
3690
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003691- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3692 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3693 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3694 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3695 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3696 by coreboot or similar.
3697
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003698- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3699 Chip has SRIO or not
3700
3701- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3702 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3703
3704- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3705 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3706
3707- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3708 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3709
3710- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3711 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3712
3713- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3714 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3715
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003716- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3717 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3718 16 bit bus.
3719
3720- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3721 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3722 a default value will be used.
3723
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003724- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003725 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3726 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3727
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003728 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3729 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3730
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003731- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003732 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3733 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3734 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003735
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003736- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3737 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3738 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3739 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3740 header files or board specific files.
3741
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003742- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3743 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003745- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003746 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3747 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003748
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003749- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3750 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3751
3752- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3753 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003754 to the given FEC; i. e.
3755 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003756 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3757
3758 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3759
3760- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3761 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3762 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3763
3764- CONFIG_RMII
3765 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3766 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3767 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3768
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003769- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3770 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3771 The syntax is:
3772
3773 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3774
3775 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3776 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3777 area should have.
3778
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003779- CONFIG_LOOPW
3780 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003781 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003782
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003783- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3784 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3785 "md/mw" commands.
3786 Examples:
3787
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003788 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003789 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3790
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003791 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003792 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3793
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003794 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003795 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003796
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003797- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003798 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003799 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3800 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3801 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003802
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003803 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3804 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3805 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3806 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003807
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003808- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003809 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3810 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3811 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003812
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003813- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3814 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3815 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3816 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3817 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3818
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003819- CONFIG_X86_NO_RESET_VECTOR
3820 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is excluded. You will need
3821 to do this when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
3822
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00003823- CONFIG_X86_NO_REAL_MODE
3824 If defined, x86 real mode code is omitted. This assumes a
3825 32-bit environment where such code is not needed. You will
3826 need to do this when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
3827
3828
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003829Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3830-----------------------------------
3831
3832The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3833loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3834This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3835are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3836within that device.
3837
3838- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3839 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3840 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3841 is also specified.
3842
3843- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3844 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3845 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3846 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3847 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3848
3849- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3850 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3851 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3852 virtual address in NOR flash.
3853
3854- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3855 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3856 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3857
3858- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3859 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3860 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3861
3862- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3863 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3864 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3865
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003866- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3867 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3868 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003869 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3870 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3871 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003872
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873Building the Software:
3874======================
3875
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003876Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3877and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3878all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3879(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3880recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3881which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003882
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003883If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3884have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3885you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3886Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3887necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003889 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3890 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003891
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003892Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3893 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3894 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3895 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3896
3897 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3898
3899 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3900 be executed on computers running Windows.
3901
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003902U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3903sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904is done by typing:
3905
3906 make NAME_config
3907
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003908where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003909rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003911Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3912 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3913 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3914 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003915 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003917 make TQM823L_config
3918 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003920 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3921 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003923 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003924
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003926Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3927images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003929- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3930- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3931- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003933By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3934in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3935this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3936
39371. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3938
3939 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3940 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3941 make O=/tmp/build all
3942
39432. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3944
3945 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3946 make distclean
3947 make NAME_config
3948 make all
3949
3950Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3951variable.
3952
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003954Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3955for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3956native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003957
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003959If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3960to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3961steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000039631. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003964 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3965 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000039662. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3967 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3968 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
39693. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3970 your board
39713. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3972 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
39734. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
39745. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3975 to be installed on your target system.
39766. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3977 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003978
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003980Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3981==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003982
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003983If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3984or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003985provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3986the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003987official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003989But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3990cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003991the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3992just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003993for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3994select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3995environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3996you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003998 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004000or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004002 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004003
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004004When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4005U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4006setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4007built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4008<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4009location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4010variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004011
4012 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4013 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4014 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4015
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004016With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4017log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4018during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004019
4020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004021See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004024Monitor Commands - Overview:
4025============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004027go - start application at address 'addr'
4028run - run commands in an environment variable
4029bootm - boot application image from memory
4030bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004031bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004032tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4033 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4034 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004035tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004036rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4037diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4038loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4039loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4040md - memory display
4041mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4042nm - memory modify (constant address)
4043mw - memory write (fill)
4044cp - memory copy
4045cmp - memory compare
4046crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004047i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004048sspi - SPI utility commands
4049base - print or set address offset
4050printenv- print environment variables
4051setenv - set environment variables
4052saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4053protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4054erase - erase FLASH memory
4055flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004056nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004057bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4058iminfo - print header information for application image
4059coninfo - print console devices and informations
4060ide - IDE sub-system
4061loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004062loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004063mtest - simple RAM test
4064icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4065dcache - enable or disable data cache
4066reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4067echo - echo args to console
4068version - print monitor version
4069help - print online help
4070? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004073Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4074========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004076TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004078For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079
4080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004081Environment Variables:
4082======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004084U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4085can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4088"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4089without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4090environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4091working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4092environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004093
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004094Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4095
4096List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004098 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004104 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004106 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004107
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004108 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4109 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4110 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4111 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4112 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4113 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004114 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4115 bootm_mapsize.
4116
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004117 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004118 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4119 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4120 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4121 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4122 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4123 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004124
4125 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4126 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4127 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4128 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4129 environment variable.
4130
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004131 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4132 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4133 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4136 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4137 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4138 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004140 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4141 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4142 be automatically started (by internally calling
4143 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004145 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4146 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4147 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4148 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4149 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004151 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4152 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004153 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4154 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4155 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4156 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4157 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4158 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4159 access it during the boot procedure.
4160
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004161 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4162 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4163 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4164 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4165 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4166 must be accessible by the kernel.
4167
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004168 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4169 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4170 defined.
4171
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004172 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4173 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4174 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4175 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4176 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004178 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4179 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4180 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4181 is usually what you want since it allows for
4182 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4183 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004184 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4186 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4187 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4188 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004190 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4191 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4192 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4193 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4194 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4195 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004197 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004199 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4200 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4201 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4202 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4203 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4204 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4205 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004207 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4210 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004212 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004214 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004216 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004218 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004220 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004222 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004223
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004224 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4225 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004227 => setenv ethact FEC
4228 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4229 => setenv ethact SCC
4230 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004232 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4233 available network interfaces.
4234 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4235
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004236 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004237 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4238 When set to "once" the network operation will
4239 fail when all the available network interfaces
4240 are tried once without success.
4241 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4242 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004244 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004245
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004246 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004247 UDP source port.
4248
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004249 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4250 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4251
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004252 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4253 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4254
4255 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4256 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4257 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4258 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4259 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4260 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4261 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4262
4263 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004264 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004265 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004266
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004267The following image location variables contain the location of images
4268used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4269not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4270variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4271server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4272loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4273flash or offset in NAND flash.
4274
4275*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4276boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4277boards use these variables for other purposes.
4278
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004279Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4280----- --------- ----------- --------------
4281u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4282Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4283device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4284ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004286The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4287updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4288depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004290 bootfile - see above
4291 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4292 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4293 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4294 hostname - Target hostname
4295 ipaddr - see above
4296 netmask - Subnet Mask
4297 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4298 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004299
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004301There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004303 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4304 as type string and/or serial number
4305 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004307These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4308the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4309once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004310
4311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004312Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4315 with the "version" command. This variable is
4316 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004319Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4320only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004322
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004323Callback functions for environment variables:
4324---------------------------------------------
4325
4326For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4327when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4328be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4329deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4330effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4331
4332The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4333U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4334
4335These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4336static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4337in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4338associations. The list must be in the following format:
4339
4340 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4341 list = entry[,list]
4342
4343If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4344Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4345
4346Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4347with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4348override any association in the static list. You can define
4349CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4350".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4351
4352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353Command Line Parsing:
4354=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4357the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359Old, simple command line parser:
4360--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004362- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4363- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004364- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004365- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4366 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004367 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4369 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004371Hush shell:
4372-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004374- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4375 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4376 until...do...done, ...
4377- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4378 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4379 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4380 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004382General rules:
4383--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004385(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4386 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4387 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4388 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004391 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4393 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4396=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004397
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004398Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004399such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4400"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004402Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4403MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4404"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004406If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4407in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4408ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4409variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004411o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4412 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4415 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4416 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004418o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4419 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004421o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4422 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4423 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004425o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4426 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004427
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004428If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004429will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004430may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4431The naming convention is as follows:
4432"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004434Image Formats:
4435==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004436
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004437U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4438images in two formats:
4439
4440New uImage format (FIT)
4441-----------------------
4442
4443Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4444to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4445components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4446SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4447
4448
4449Old uImage format
4450-----------------
4451
4452Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4453preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4454details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004456* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4457 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004458 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4459 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4460 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004461* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004462 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4463 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4465* Load Address
4466* Entry Point
4467* Image Name
4468* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4471and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4472CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004473
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004475Linux Support:
4476==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004477
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004478Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4479easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4480U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004482U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4483special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4484"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4485instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4486serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004488- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4489 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4490 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004492- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4493 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004495- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4496 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4497 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4498 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4499 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4500 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004501
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004503Linux HOWTO:
4504============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004506Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4507---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4510configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4511(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4512Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004513
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004514But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4517include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004518Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4519and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004520as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004521
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004523Configuring the Linux kernel:
4524-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004526No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4527device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004528
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530Building a Linux Image:
4531-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4534not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4535"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4536U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4537which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4538100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004542 make TQM850L_config
4543 make oldconfig
4544 make dep
4545 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4548encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4549CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004551* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004553* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004554
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004555 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4556 -R .note -R .comment \
4557 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004559* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004561 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004563* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004565 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4566 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4567 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004568
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004570The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4571with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4572combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4573byte header containing information about target architecture,
4574operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4575stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4578print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004579
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004580In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4581contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4582checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004584 tools/mkimage -l image
4585 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4588from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004590 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4591 -n name -d data_file image
4592 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4593 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4594 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4595 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4596 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4597 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4598 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4599 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004600
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004601Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4602address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4603kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4606- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4611 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004612 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4614 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4615 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4616 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4617 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4618 Load Address: 0x00000000
4619 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004621To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4624 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4625 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4626 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4627 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4628 Load Address: 0x00000000
4629 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4632speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4633needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4634need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004636 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4638 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004639 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4641 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4642 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4643 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4644 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4645 Load Address: 0x00000000
4646 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4650when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4653 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4654 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4655 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4656 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4657 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4658 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4659 Load Address: 0x00000000
4660 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004661
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004663Installing a Linux Image:
4664-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004666To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4667you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004669 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4672image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4673address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4674specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4675command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004677Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4678TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004680 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682 .......... done
4683 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685 => loads 40100000
4686 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4687 ~>examples/image.srec
4688 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4689 ...
4690 15989 15990 15991 15992
4691 [file transfer complete]
4692 [connected]
4693 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004694
4695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004697this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004698corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004702 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4703 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4704 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4705 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4706 Load Address: 00000000
4707 Entry Point: 0000000c
4708 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004709
4710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004711Boot Linux:
4712-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4715memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4716of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4717parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4718"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719
4720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721 => printenv bootargs
4722 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726 => printenv bootargs
4727 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729 => bootm 40020000
4730 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4731 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4732 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4733 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4734 Load Address: 00000000
4735 Entry Point: 0000000c
4736 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4737 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4738 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4739 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4740 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4741 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4742 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4743 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004745If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4747format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004751 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4752 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4753 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4754 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4755 Load Address: 00000000
4756 Entry Point: 0000000c
4757 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004759 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4760 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4761 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4762 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4763 Load Address: 00000000
4764 Entry Point: 00000000
4765 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004767 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4768 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4769 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4770 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4771 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4772 Load Address: 00000000
4773 Entry Point: 0000000c
4774 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4775 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4776 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4777 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4778 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4779 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4780 Load Address: 00000000
4781 Entry Point: 00000000
4782 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4783 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4784 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4785 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4786 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4787 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4788 ...
4789 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4790 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004794Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4795-----------
4796
4797First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4798titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4799following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4800flat device tree:
4801
4802=> print oftaddr
4803oftaddr=0x300000
4804=> print oft
4805oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4806=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4807Speed: 1000, full duplex
4808Using TSEC0 device
4809TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4810Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4811Load address: 0x300000
4812Loading: #
4813done
4814Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4815=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4816Speed: 1000, full duplex
4817Using TSEC0 device
4818TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4819Filename 'uImage'.
4820Load address: 0x200000
4821Loading:############
4822done
4823Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4824=> print loadaddr
4825loadaddr=200000
4826=> print oftaddr
4827oftaddr=0x300000
4828=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4829## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004830 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4831 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4832 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004833 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004834 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004835 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4836 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4837Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4838Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4839Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4840[snip]
4841
4842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843More About U-Boot Image Types:
4844------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004848 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4849 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4850 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4851 the Standalone Program.
4852 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4853 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4854 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4855 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4856 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4857 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4858 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4859 being started.
4860 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4861 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4862 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4863 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4864 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4865 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4868 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4869 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4870 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4871 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4872 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4875 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4876 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4879 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4880 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4881 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004882
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004883Booting the Linux zImage:
4884-------------------------
4885
4886On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4887using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4888as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4889
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004890Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4891kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4892address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4893format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4894
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004895
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896Standalone HOWTO:
4897=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4900run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4901U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004903Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004905"Hello World" Demo:
4906-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4909application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4910It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4911like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913 => loads
4914 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4915 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4916 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4917 [file transfer complete]
4918 [connected]
4919 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4922 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4923 Hello World
4924 argc = 7
4925 argv[0] = "40004"
4926 argv[1] = "Hello"
4927 argv[2] = "World!"
4928 argv[3] = "This"
4929 argv[4] = "is"
4930 argv[5] = "a"
4931 argv[6] = "test."
4932 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4933 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4938handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4939Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4940The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4941character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4942controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4945 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4946 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4947 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949 => loads
4950 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4951 ~>examples/timer.srec
4952 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4953 [file transfer complete]
4954 [connected]
4955 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004957 => go 40004
4958 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4959 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4960 Using timer 1
4961 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963Hit 'b':
4964 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4965 Enabling timer
4966Hit '?':
4967 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4968 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4969Hit '?':
4970 [q, b, e, ?] .
4971 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4972Hit '?':
4973 [q, b, e, ?] .
4974 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4975Hit '?':
4976 [q, b, e, ?] .
4977 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4978Hit 'e':
4979 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4980Hit 'q':
4981 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004982
4983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984Minicom warning:
4985================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004987Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4988"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4989consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4990Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4991especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004992use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4993http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4994for help with kermit.
4995
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004997Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4998configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005000 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5001 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5002 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005003
5004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005NetBSD Notes:
5006=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5009(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5012NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5013need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5014Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5015attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5016missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5019 # mkdir powerpc
5020 # ln -s powerpc machine
5021 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5022 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5025and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5028stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5029proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5030tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005031meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005032
5033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005034Implementation Internals:
5035=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005037The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5038implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5039inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5040hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
5042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043Initial Stack, Global Data:
5044---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5047starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5048system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5049This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5050is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5051at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5052options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5053models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5054MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5055locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005057 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005058 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5061 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5062 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5063 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5066 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5067 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5068 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5069 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005070 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5072 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5075 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005076 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005077 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5078 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5079 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5080 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005082 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5084 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005085 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5087 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5088 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5089 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5090 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092 -Chris Hallinan
5093 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5096code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5099 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005100
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005101* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5103 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005105* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5106 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005108Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5109normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5110turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5111simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5112functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5113functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5114the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5115place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5116reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5119relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5120GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5123 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005124 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5126 R5-R10: parameter passing
5127 R13: small data area pointer
5128 R30: GOT pointer
5129 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005131 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5132 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5133 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005134
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005135 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005137 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5138 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5139 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5140 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5141 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5142 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005144On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005145 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5146
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005147 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005151 R0: function argument word/integer result
5152 R1-R3: function argument word
5153 R9: GOT pointer
5154 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5155 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5156 R12: temporary workspace
5157 R13: stack pointer
5158 R14: link register
5159 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005163On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5164 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5165
5166 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5167
5168 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5169 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5170
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005171On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5172
5173 R0-R1: argument/return
5174 R2-R5: argument
5175 R15: temporary register for assembler
5176 R16: trampoline register
5177 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5178 R29: global pointer (GP)
5179 R30: link register (LP)
5180 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5181 PC: program counter (PC)
5182
5183 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5184
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005185NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5186or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005188Memory Management:
5189------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5192MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5195controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5196memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5197physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5200TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5201booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5202to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005203memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005204configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5205Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005207Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5208of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5211this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5214 :
5215 0x0000 1FFF
5216 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5217 :
5218 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005220 :
5221 :
5222 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5223 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5224 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5225 :
5226 0x00FD FFFF
5227 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5228 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5229 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5230 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
5232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233System Initialization:
5234----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005237(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5239To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5240To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5241initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5242which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5243part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5244the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5247preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5248(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5249on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5250programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5251simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5252banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005254When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5255different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5256bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
52570x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5258contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5261and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5262Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5263pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005265Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5266until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5267running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5268new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005269
5270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271U-Boot Porting Guide:
5272----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005274[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5275list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005276
5277
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005278int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279{
5280 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005282 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5283 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005286 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287 return 0;
5288 }
5289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290 Download latest U-Boot source;
5291
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005292 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005293
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005294 if (clueless)
5295 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005297 while (learning) {
5298 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005299 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5300 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005302 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005305 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5306 Buy a BDI3000;
5307 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005309
5310 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5311 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5312 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5313 } else {
5314 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5315 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005317 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5318 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005319
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005320 while (!accepted) {
5321 while (!running) {
5322 do {
5323 Add / modify source code;
5324 } until (compiles);
5325 Debug;
5326 if (clueless)
5327 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5328 }
5329 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5330 if (reasonable critiques)
5331 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5332 else
5333 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005334 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336 return 0;
5337}
5338
5339void no_more_time (int sig)
5340{
5341 hire_a_guru();
5342}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
5344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345Coding Standards:
5346-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005349coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005350"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005352Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5353MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5354reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5355sources.
5356
5357Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5358Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5359in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360
5361Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5362- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005363- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005364- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005365- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5367
5368Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5369with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005370
5371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372Submitting Patches:
5373-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5376establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5377may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005378
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005379Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005380
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005381Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5382see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5385it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005387* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5388 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5389 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005390
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005391* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5392 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005394* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5395
5396* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5397
5398* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005399 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005400
5401* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5402 document these in the README file.
5403
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005404* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5405 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005406 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005407 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5408 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005410 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5411 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5412 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005414 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5415 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5416 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5417 affected files).
5418
5419 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5420 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421
5422* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5423 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5424
5425* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5426 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5427
5428
5429Notes:
5430
5431* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5432 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5433 for any of the boards.
5434
5435* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5436 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5437 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5438
5439* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5440 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5441 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5442 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5443 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5444 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005445
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005446* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5447 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5448 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5449 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.